electronic filing and calculating
DESCRIPTION
Electronic Filing and Calculating. History of Calculators. In Ancient Times the abacus was the main aid to calculation. Instrument used beads that slid along a series of wires or rods set in a frame to represent the decimal places. Probably of Babylonian origin. - PowerPoint PPT PresentationTRANSCRIPT
Electronic Filing and Electronic Filing and CalculatingCalculating
History of CalculatorsHistory of Calculators
In Ancient Times the abacus was the main aid to calculationndash Instrument used beads that slid
along a series of wires or rods set in a frame to represent the decimal places
ndash Probably of Babylonian origin ndash Used by merchants in the Middle
Ages throughout Europe and the Arabic world it was gradually replaced by arithmetic based on Hindu-Arabic numerals
1820--The Arithmometer invented by Charles Xavier Thomas de Colbrar was introduced Fifteen hundred models were sold over the next thirty years chiefly to banks insurance companies and other businesses
1885--Dorr Felt devised the Comptometer a key-driven adding and subtracting calculator
1889--Felts Comptograph containing a built-in printer was introduced
Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator
1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced
First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator
1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes
Orange discharge tube displays numbers used
1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits
1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced
1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced
Learning Task 1Learning Task 1
Introduction
Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator
Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the
keypad
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
History of CalculatorsHistory of Calculators
In Ancient Times the abacus was the main aid to calculationndash Instrument used beads that slid
along a series of wires or rods set in a frame to represent the decimal places
ndash Probably of Babylonian origin ndash Used by merchants in the Middle
Ages throughout Europe and the Arabic world it was gradually replaced by arithmetic based on Hindu-Arabic numerals
1820--The Arithmometer invented by Charles Xavier Thomas de Colbrar was introduced Fifteen hundred models were sold over the next thirty years chiefly to banks insurance companies and other businesses
1885--Dorr Felt devised the Comptometer a key-driven adding and subtracting calculator
1889--Felts Comptograph containing a built-in printer was introduced
Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator
1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced
First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator
1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes
Orange discharge tube displays numbers used
1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits
1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced
1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced
Learning Task 1Learning Task 1
Introduction
Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator
Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the
keypad
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
1820--The Arithmometer invented by Charles Xavier Thomas de Colbrar was introduced Fifteen hundred models were sold over the next thirty years chiefly to banks insurance companies and other businesses
1885--Dorr Felt devised the Comptometer a key-driven adding and subtracting calculator
1889--Felts Comptograph containing a built-in printer was introduced
Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator
1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced
First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator
1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes
Orange discharge tube displays numbers used
1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits
1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced
1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced
Learning Task 1Learning Task 1
Introduction
Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator
Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the
keypad
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
1885--Dorr Felt devised the Comptometer a key-driven adding and subtracting calculator
1889--Felts Comptograph containing a built-in printer was introduced
Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator
1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced
First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator
1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes
Orange discharge tube displays numbers used
1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits
1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced
1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced
Learning Task 1Learning Task 1
Introduction
Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator
Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the
keypad
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator
1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced
First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator
1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes
Orange discharge tube displays numbers used
1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits
1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced
1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced
Learning Task 1Learning Task 1
Introduction
Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator
Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the
keypad
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator
1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes
Orange discharge tube displays numbers used
1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits
1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced
1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced
Learning Task 1Learning Task 1
Introduction
Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator
Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the
keypad
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits
1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced
1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced
Learning Task 1Learning Task 1
Introduction
Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator
Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the
keypad
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Learning Task 1Learning Task 1
Introduction
Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator
Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the
keypad
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator
Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the
keypad
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike
Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key
Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Calculator CodesCalculator Codes
The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
FeaturesFeatures
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols
[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit
Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key
[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add
Key [M-] Memory Subtract
Key [lozM] Memory
Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total
Recall Key
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions
OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)
PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count
function GTmdashGrand Total
function KmdashConstant function
AmdashAdd Mode Function
54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded
down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal
selector
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes
Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform
calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in
the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If
you want to display only put selector on the dot
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector
This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem
Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems
with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating
figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has
the same number of decimal places
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Clear KeyClear Key
Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered
Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Learning Task 2Learning Task 2
Addition
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Addition is the process of combining addends
(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Plus KeyPlus Key
Plus Key is used to enter addends
Look for the [+=] key
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Minus KeyMinus Key
Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries
Look for the [- =] key
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Total KeyTotal Key
Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem
Look for the Total [] key
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0
through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad
Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)
Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger
Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Finger PositionFinger Position
If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0
If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys
See page 6 for finger position
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your
eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch
Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys
Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key
Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors
Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits
Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once
The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap
the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers
Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape
entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition
(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark
next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Problems 1-20Problems 1-20
Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)
Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the
tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in
the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)
Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Special FeaturesSpecial Features
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries
Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293
Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Item CountItem Count
Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and
subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total
key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned
on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of
entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature
The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem
Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features
After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator
Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue
with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []
Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on
left-hand side Did you get 1508
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Solving ProblemsSolving Problems
Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class
When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on
improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the
grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the
grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Learning Task 3Learning Task 3
Decimals
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole
numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983
3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)
Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left
1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten
thousandths)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals
Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer
Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers
need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)
Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places
Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the
tape when the floating position is used
You must key in the decimal point
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2
ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F
Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264
Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals
Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places
Set the selector for the number of decimal places required
The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point
ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375
Calculate problems 11-16 on own
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents
or when calculating problems with two decimal places
Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when
entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the
tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal
selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707
Calculate problems 19-24 on own
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Learning Task 4Learning Task 4
Subtraction
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
SubtractionSubtraction
The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend
(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted
from the minuend)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals
ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places
ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals
ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)
ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a
small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)
When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer
Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances
Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in
parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature
The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations
The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry
For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature
Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number
Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add
Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all
answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered
The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key
When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
ContCont
Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and
subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)
Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses
ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems
ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease
Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use
before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)